1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
70 #include "character.h"
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
78 #include "emacs-icon.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include "xsettings.h"
91 #include "sysselect.h"
94 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
109 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
110 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
113 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
115 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
119 #if !defined(NO_EDITRES)
121 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
122 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
124 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
127 #if defined USE_MOTIF
128 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
129 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
130 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
135 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
136 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
139 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
141 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
142 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
143 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
144 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
146 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
150 #ifndef XtNinitialState
151 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
155 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
159 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
164 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
166 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
168 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
171 static int any_help_event_p
;
173 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
174 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
176 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
178 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
180 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
182 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
184 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
187 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
189 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
190 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
191 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
192 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
194 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
196 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
197 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
198 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
199 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
201 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
203 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
205 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
207 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
212 } pending_event_wait
;
215 /* The application context for Xt use. */
216 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
217 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
218 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
220 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
222 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
224 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
225 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
227 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
229 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
230 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
231 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
233 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
237 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
238 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
239 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
240 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
242 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
244 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
245 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
246 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
247 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
248 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
249 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
250 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
251 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
252 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
255 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
257 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
258 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
259 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
261 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
263 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
264 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
267 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
268 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
271 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
273 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
274 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
275 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
276 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
277 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
278 it's somewhat accurate. */
280 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
282 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
284 static Time last_user_time
;
286 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
290 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
292 static int input_signal_count
;
295 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
297 static int x_noop_count
;
299 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
301 extern char **initial_argv
;
302 extern int initial_argc
;
304 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
306 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
308 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
310 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
314 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
316 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
318 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
320 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
321 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
322 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
324 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
325 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
328 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
329 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
331 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
332 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
335 /* Used in x_flush. */
337 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
339 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
340 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
342 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
343 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
344 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
345 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
347 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
348 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
349 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
350 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
351 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
352 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
353 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
354 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
355 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
357 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
358 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
359 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
360 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
361 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
362 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
363 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
364 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
365 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
366 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
368 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
369 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
370 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
371 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
372 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
373 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
374 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
375 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
376 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
378 static void x_handle_net_wm_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*));
379 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
380 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
381 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
382 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
383 int *, struct input_event
*));
384 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
385 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
386 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
389 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
395 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
396 connection may be broken. */
397 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
403 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
404 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
405 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
406 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
408 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
409 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
414 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
415 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
416 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
417 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
418 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
421 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
424 /***********************************************************************
426 ***********************************************************************/
430 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
431 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
439 struct record event_record
[100];
441 int event_record_index
;
443 record_event (locus
, type
)
447 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
448 event_record_index
= 0;
450 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
451 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
452 event_record_index
++;
459 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
461 struct x_display_info
*
462 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
465 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
467 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
468 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
474 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
475 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
478 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
481 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
482 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
483 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
485 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
488 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
489 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
490 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
491 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
493 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
498 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
499 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
500 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
501 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
505 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
507 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
510 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
512 /* return unless necessary */
517 unsigned long n
, left
;
519 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
520 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
521 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
522 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
525 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
526 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
528 XFree ((void *) data
);
533 XFree ((void *) data
);
537 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
538 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
539 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
540 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
545 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
546 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
548 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
552 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
553 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
555 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
559 /***********************************************************************
560 Starting and ending an update
561 ***********************************************************************/
563 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
564 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
565 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
566 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
567 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
577 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
578 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
582 x_update_window_begin (w
)
585 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
586 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
589 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
593 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
595 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
596 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
598 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
600 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
601 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
608 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
611 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
615 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
618 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
620 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
623 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
624 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
627 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
629 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
630 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
632 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
633 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
634 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
636 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
637 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
641 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
643 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
645 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
647 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
652 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
654 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
656 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
657 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
662 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
663 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
664 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
666 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
667 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
668 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
671 updated_window
= NULL
;
675 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
682 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
683 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
687 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
693 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
694 complete update has been performed. The global variable
695 updated_window is not available here. */
698 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
705 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
706 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
709 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
710 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
711 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
712 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
713 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
720 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
721 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
722 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
723 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
724 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
725 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
728 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
729 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
731 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
737 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
738 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
740 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
741 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
742 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
743 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
744 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
745 overhead is very small. */
746 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
747 && desired_row
->full_width_p
748 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
749 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
751 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
754 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
757 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
758 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
759 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
760 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
761 y
, width
, height
, False
);
767 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
769 struct glyph_row
*row
;
770 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
772 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
773 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
774 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
775 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
776 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
778 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
779 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
783 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
785 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
786 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
787 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
788 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
790 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
792 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
794 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
795 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
796 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
797 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
798 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
799 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
800 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
801 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
803 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
807 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
808 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
809 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
813 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
814 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
815 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
816 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
820 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
822 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
823 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
825 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
830 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
832 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
833 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
835 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
836 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
841 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
842 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
845 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
851 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
852 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
856 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
858 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
860 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
862 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
864 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
865 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
867 face
->background
, depth
);
871 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
872 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
875 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
876 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
877 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
878 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
881 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
882 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
883 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
887 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
888 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
889 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
893 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
898 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
899 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
900 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
904 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
908 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
909 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
912 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
917 /***********************************************************************
919 ***********************************************************************/
923 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
924 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
925 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
927 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
928 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
929 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
930 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
931 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
932 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
933 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
934 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
935 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
936 unsigned long *, double, int));
937 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
938 double, int, unsigned long));
939 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
940 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
942 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
943 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
944 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
946 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
947 int, int, int, int, int, int,
949 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
950 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
953 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
957 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
962 struct glyph_string
*s
;
964 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
965 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
966 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
968 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
971 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
975 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
976 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
978 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
979 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
980 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
981 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
982 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
983 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
984 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
986 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
987 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
988 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
990 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
991 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
994 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
995 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
996 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
998 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
999 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1002 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1003 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1005 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1010 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1013 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1014 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1019 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1020 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1021 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1023 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1025 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1026 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1028 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1029 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1030 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1032 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1033 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1036 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1041 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1042 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1043 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1044 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1046 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1047 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1050 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1051 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1053 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1056 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1060 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1061 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1062 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1065 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1066 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1068 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1072 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1073 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1077 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1078 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1080 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1082 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1084 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1085 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1087 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1089 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1090 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1092 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1094 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1097 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1099 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1100 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1102 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1103 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1105 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1106 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1110 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1111 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1114 /* GC must have been set. */
1115 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1119 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1120 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1123 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1124 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1126 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1127 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1130 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1135 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1136 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1140 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1141 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1146 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1148 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1151 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1156 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1159 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1160 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1163 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1164 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1166 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1168 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1170 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1171 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1174 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1175 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1176 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1180 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1182 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1184 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1185 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1186 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1190 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1191 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1196 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1199 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1200 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1204 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1205 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1206 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1211 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1212 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1213 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1214 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1215 contains the first component of a composition. */
1218 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1219 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1222 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1223 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1224 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1226 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1230 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1231 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1232 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1233 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1234 s
->background_width
,
1235 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1236 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1237 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1239 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1240 || s
->font_not_found_p
1241 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1244 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1245 s
->background_width
,
1246 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1247 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1253 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1256 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1257 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1261 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1262 of S to the right of that box line. */
1263 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1264 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1265 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1269 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1271 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1273 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1275 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1276 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1277 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1279 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1284 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1285 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1288 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1289 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1291 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1293 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1294 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1296 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1297 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1298 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1302 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1305 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1306 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1309 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1311 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1312 of S to the right of that box line. */
1313 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1314 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1315 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1319 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1320 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1321 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1322 this composition. */
1324 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1325 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1326 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1328 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1329 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1330 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1332 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1336 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1337 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1339 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1340 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1342 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1343 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1344 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1349 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1354 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1356 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1357 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1358 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1361 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1365 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1366 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1367 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1370 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1371 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1372 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1373 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1383 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1384 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1385 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1391 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1393 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1394 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1395 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1396 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1397 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1400 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1401 cannot be determined. */
1403 static struct frame
*
1404 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1407 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1411 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1413 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1414 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1415 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1416 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1417 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1418 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1420 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1421 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1422 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1423 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1424 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1426 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1427 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1428 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1435 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1436 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1437 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1438 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1441 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1446 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1447 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1451 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1452 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1453 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1454 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1455 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1456 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1459 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1463 unsigned long *pixel
;
1467 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1468 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1472 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1473 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1475 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1477 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1479 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1484 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1485 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1487 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1490 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1492 DPY is the display we are working on.
1494 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1495 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1496 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1497 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1499 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1500 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1502 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1503 we allocated the color or not.
1505 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1508 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1512 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1513 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1523 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1524 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1526 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1530 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1531 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1532 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1534 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1536 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1537 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1539 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1542 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1544 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1545 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1547 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1548 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1553 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1555 params
[0] = color_name
;
1556 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1557 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1558 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1563 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1565 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1567 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1571 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1575 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1576 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1579 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1584 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1585 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1586 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1588 APP is the application context in which we work.
1590 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1591 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1592 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1594 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1597 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1606 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1608 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1611 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1613 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1614 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1615 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1616 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1617 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1622 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1625 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1626 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1627 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1628 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1630 static const XColor
*
1631 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1635 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1637 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1639 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1642 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1643 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1645 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1646 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1648 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1649 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1651 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1652 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1655 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1656 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1660 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1661 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1664 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1669 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1671 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1674 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1676 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1677 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1678 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1679 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1683 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1687 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1688 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1691 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1695 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1699 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1700 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1701 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1705 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1712 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1715 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1716 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1717 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1718 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1720 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1722 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1724 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1726 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1727 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1728 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1729 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1731 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1734 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1738 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1739 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1740 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1741 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1745 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1746 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1747 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1748 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1749 XColor
*cached_color
;
1751 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1752 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1753 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1754 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1755 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1757 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1758 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1759 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1763 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1765 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1766 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1772 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1773 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1774 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1778 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1783 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1784 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1788 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1789 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1790 get color reference counts right. */
1793 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1795 unsigned long pixel
;
1799 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1801 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1802 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1804 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1805 register_color (pixel
);
1811 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1812 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1813 get color reference counts right. */
1816 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1819 unsigned long pixel
;
1823 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1825 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1826 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1828 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1829 register_color (pixel
);
1835 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1838 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1839 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1840 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1841 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1842 use an additional additive factor.
1844 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1845 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1846 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1849 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1850 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1851 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1852 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1853 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1854 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1857 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1861 unsigned long *pixel
;
1869 /* Get RGB color values. */
1870 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1871 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1873 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1874 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1875 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1876 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1877 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1879 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1880 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1882 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1883 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1884 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1885 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1886 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1888 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1889 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1890 /* The additive adjustment. */
1891 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1895 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1896 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1897 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1901 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1902 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1903 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1907 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1908 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1911 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1913 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1914 delta to the RGB values. */
1915 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1917 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1918 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1919 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1920 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1931 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1932 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1933 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1934 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1935 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1936 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1939 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1941 struct relief
*relief
;
1944 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1947 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1948 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1949 unsigned long pixel
;
1950 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1951 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1952 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1953 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1955 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1956 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1958 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1959 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1960 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1962 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1964 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1965 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1968 /* Allocate new color. */
1969 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1971 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1972 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1974 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1975 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1978 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1980 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1982 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1985 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1989 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1992 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1993 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1995 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1996 unsigned long color
;
1998 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1999 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2000 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2002 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2003 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2008 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2009 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2010 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2013 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2014 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2016 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2017 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2018 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2019 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2020 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2025 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2026 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2027 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2028 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2029 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2030 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2034 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2035 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2037 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2038 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2039 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2041 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2042 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2047 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2049 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2050 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2054 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2055 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2056 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2057 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2061 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2062 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2063 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2065 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2067 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2069 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2070 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2074 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2075 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2076 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2077 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2081 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2082 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2083 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2085 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2089 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2090 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2091 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2092 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2093 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2094 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2097 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2098 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2099 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2100 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2101 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2105 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2106 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2107 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2110 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2111 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2115 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2116 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2120 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2124 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2125 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2127 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2128 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2132 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2135 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2136 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2138 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2139 int left_p
, right_p
;
2140 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2141 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2143 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2144 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2145 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2147 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2148 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2150 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2152 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2153 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2155 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2157 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2159 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2161 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2162 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2164 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2165 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2166 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2168 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2170 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2172 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2173 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2174 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2177 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2178 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2179 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2184 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2187 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2188 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2191 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2193 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2194 right of that line. */
2195 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2196 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2198 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2200 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2202 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2203 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2204 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2205 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2211 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2212 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2213 trust on the shape extension to be available
2214 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2216 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2219 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2221 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2222 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2223 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2224 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2225 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2227 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2230 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2231 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2232 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2233 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2234 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2235 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2239 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2241 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2244 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2245 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2246 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2247 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2248 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2249 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2251 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2252 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2253 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2254 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2255 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2256 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2257 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2259 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2261 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2264 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2269 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2271 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2275 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2278 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2279 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2281 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2284 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2286 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2287 right of that line. */
2288 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2289 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2291 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2293 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2295 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2296 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2297 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2298 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2300 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2301 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2303 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2304 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2308 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2309 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2314 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2315 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2317 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2318 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2319 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2321 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2323 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2328 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2331 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2332 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2336 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2338 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2339 right of that line. */
2340 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2341 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2343 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2345 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2347 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2348 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2349 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2350 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2356 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2357 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2358 trust on the shape extension to be available
2359 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2361 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2365 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2366 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2367 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2368 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2369 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2371 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2372 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2373 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2378 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2379 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2380 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2382 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2383 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2384 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2385 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2386 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2387 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2388 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2390 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2394 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2399 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2400 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2401 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2405 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2406 give the rectangle to draw. */
2409 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2410 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2415 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2416 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2417 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2418 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2421 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2425 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2428 s->x +-------------------------
2431 | +-------------------------
2434 | | +-------------------
2440 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2441 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2443 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2444 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2446 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2449 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2450 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2451 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2452 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2454 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2455 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2457 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2458 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2462 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2463 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2467 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2468 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2469 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2470 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2471 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2473 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2474 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2475 s
->background_width
,
2478 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2480 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2482 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2485 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2486 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2487 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2488 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2489 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2490 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2491 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2496 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2498 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2499 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2500 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2501 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2509 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2511 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2513 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2514 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2516 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2519 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2522 /* Draw the foreground. */
2525 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2526 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2527 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2528 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2529 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2532 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2534 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2536 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2537 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2538 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2542 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2545 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2546 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2548 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2550 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2551 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2553 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2554 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2555 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2556 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2560 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2563 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2566 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2568 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2569 if (width
< background_width
)
2572 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2577 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2578 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2580 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2586 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2587 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2589 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2591 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2592 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2593 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2594 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2599 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2600 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2601 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2602 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2606 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2608 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2609 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2611 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2612 except for header line and mode line. */
2613 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2615 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2618 if (background_width
> 0)
2619 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2622 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2626 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2629 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2630 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2632 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2634 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2635 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2636 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2637 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2640 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2642 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2643 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2644 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2645 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2647 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2648 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2649 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2650 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2652 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2653 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2657 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2658 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2660 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2661 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2662 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2663 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2664 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2665 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2668 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2669 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2670 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2674 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2676 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2677 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2678 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2679 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2680 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2681 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2683 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2685 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2688 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2692 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2696 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2697 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2699 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2700 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2703 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2704 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2705 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2706 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2708 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2709 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2716 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2718 /* Draw underline. */
2719 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2721 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2724 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2726 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2727 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2728 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2732 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2733 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2734 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2737 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2738 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2741 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2742 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2743 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2744 specs, and its default is
2746 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2747 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2749 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2750 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2751 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2753 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2755 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2757 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2759 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2760 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2761 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2762 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2763 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2764 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2765 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2766 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2767 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2768 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2769 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2770 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2774 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2775 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2776 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2777 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2778 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2782 /* Draw overline. */
2783 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2785 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2787 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2793 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2794 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2795 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2797 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2801 /* Draw strike-through. */
2802 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2804 unsigned long h
= 1;
2805 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2807 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2808 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2813 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2814 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2815 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2817 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2821 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2822 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2823 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2827 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2829 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2830 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2831 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2833 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2834 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2835 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2838 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2839 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2840 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2841 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2843 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2844 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2846 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2852 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2854 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2855 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2856 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2858 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2859 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2860 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2863 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2864 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2865 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2866 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2868 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2869 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2871 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2876 /* Reset clipping. */
2877 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2881 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2884 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2886 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2888 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2889 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2890 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2894 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2898 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2906 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2907 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2910 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2917 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2918 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2922 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2925 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2927 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2929 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2930 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2931 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2933 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2934 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2936 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2938 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2939 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2940 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2942 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2943 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2944 redisplay, do it here. */
2945 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2948 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2955 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2957 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2958 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2960 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2963 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2964 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2967 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2968 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2970 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2971 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2972 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2974 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2975 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2979 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2981 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2982 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2986 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2988 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2989 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2991 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2993 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3004 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3005 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3008 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3009 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3010 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3011 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
)->window
,
3014 | GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3015 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3016 gdk_draw_rectangle (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)->window, \
3017 gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3021 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3022 pixels into background pixels. */
3026 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3027 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3028 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3030 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3031 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3035 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3036 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3037 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3038 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3039 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3040 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3041 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3045 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3046 edge it is next to. */
3047 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3049 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3050 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3053 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3054 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3061 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3063 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3064 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3066 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3068 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3069 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3070 width
, flash_height
);
3071 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3073 (height
- flash_height
3074 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3075 width
, flash_height
);
3079 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3080 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3081 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3082 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3087 struct timeval wakeup
;
3089 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3091 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3092 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3093 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3094 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3096 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3098 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3100 struct timeval current
;
3101 struct timeval timeout
;
3103 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3105 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3106 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3109 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3111 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3113 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3114 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3118 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3119 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3121 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3123 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3124 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3125 width
, flash_height
);
3126 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3128 (height
- flash_height
3129 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3130 width
, flash_height
);
3133 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3134 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3135 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3136 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3139 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3140 #undef XFillRectangle
3142 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3151 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3155 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3162 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3163 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3164 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3167 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3168 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3169 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3174 /* Make audible bell. */
3179 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3181 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3183 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3190 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3191 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3198 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3199 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3200 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3201 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3204 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3207 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3212 /***********************************************************************
3214 ***********************************************************************/
3216 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3217 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3220 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3228 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3231 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3235 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3236 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3238 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3239 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3241 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3243 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3244 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3245 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3246 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3247 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3248 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3249 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3250 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3252 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3256 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3257 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3258 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3260 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3262 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3263 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3265 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3266 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3271 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3272 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3273 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3277 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3278 line at the bottom. */
3279 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3280 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3282 height
= run
->height
;
3286 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3288 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3289 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3291 height
= run
->height
;
3296 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3300 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3301 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3302 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3312 /***********************************************************************
3314 ***********************************************************************/
3321 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3322 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3323 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3324 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3326 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3327 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3329 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3330 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3334 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3337 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3338 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3339 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3340 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3342 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3343 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3345 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3346 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3349 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3350 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3351 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3352 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3353 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3356 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3357 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3358 struct frame
*frame
;
3360 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3362 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3364 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3365 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3366 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3368 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3369 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3371 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3372 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3374 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3377 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3380 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3381 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3382 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3385 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3388 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3389 struct frame
*frame
;
3390 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3392 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3394 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3396 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3397 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3399 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3400 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3401 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3402 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3403 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3405 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3406 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3410 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3413 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3414 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3417 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3419 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3421 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3423 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3424 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3428 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3429 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3431 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3432 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3436 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3437 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3439 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3442 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3443 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3445 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3447 struct frame
*frame
;
3449 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3453 switch (event
->type
)
3458 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3460 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3462 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3463 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3464 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3465 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3467 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3473 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3474 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3475 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3476 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3480 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3482 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3483 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3484 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3491 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3494 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3495 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3497 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3500 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3501 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3502 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3504 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3505 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3506 the appropriate X display info. */
3509 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3510 struct frame
*frame
;
3512 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3516 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3517 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3519 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3521 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3523 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3524 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3525 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3526 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3527 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3529 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3530 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3534 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3536 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3539 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3540 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3541 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3547 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3549 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3551 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3552 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3554 int min_code
, max_code
;
3557 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3559 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3560 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3561 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3562 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3563 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3565 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3567 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3568 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3570 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3572 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3573 Alt keysyms are on. */
3575 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3576 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3578 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3580 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3581 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3583 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3585 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3589 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3593 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3595 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3601 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3602 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3607 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3608 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3613 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3614 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3615 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3616 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3621 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3622 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3623 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3624 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3628 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3629 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3630 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3631 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3632 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3641 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3642 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3644 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3645 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3648 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3649 make them just meta, not alt. */
3650 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3652 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3655 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3656 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3659 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3663 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3664 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3667 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3668 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3669 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3670 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3673 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3674 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3675 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3676 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3677 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3678 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3679 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3680 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3683 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3684 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3685 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3686 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3687 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3688 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3692 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3693 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3696 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3697 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3698 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3699 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3703 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3704 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3705 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3706 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3707 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3708 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3709 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3710 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3713 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3714 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3715 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3716 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3717 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3718 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3721 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3724 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3730 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3738 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3740 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3742 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3746 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3747 struct input_event
*result
;
3748 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3751 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3753 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3754 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3755 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3756 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3758 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3762 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3763 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3764 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3770 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3771 The input handler calls this.
3773 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3774 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3775 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3776 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3778 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3779 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3782 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3784 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3786 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3787 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3788 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3790 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3793 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3795 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3796 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3797 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3798 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3803 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3804 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3805 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3806 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3807 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3808 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3810 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3811 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3812 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3813 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3814 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3815 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3823 /************************************************************************
3825 ************************************************************************/
3828 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3830 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3831 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3832 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3833 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3834 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3839 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3840 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3842 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3843 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3844 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3845 position on the scroll bar.
3847 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3848 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3851 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3852 was at this position.
3854 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3856 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3860 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3863 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3864 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3866 unsigned long *time
;
3872 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3873 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3879 Window dummy_window
;
3882 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3884 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3885 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3886 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3887 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3888 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3890 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3892 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3893 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3894 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3896 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3899 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3900 a different screen. */
3903 /* The position on that root window. */
3906 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3909 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3911 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3913 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3914 containing the pointer. */
3918 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3922 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3923 structure is changing at the same time this function
3924 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3926 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3928 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3929 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3931 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3932 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3933 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3935 /* From-window, to-window. */
3936 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3938 /* From-position, to-position. */
3939 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3943 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3949 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3951 /* From-window, to-window. */
3954 /* From-position, to-position. */
3955 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3960 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3963 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3964 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
3965 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
3966 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
3967 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
3975 /* Now we know that:
3976 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3977 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3978 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3979 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3980 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3981 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3982 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3983 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3984 never use them in that case.) */
3987 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
3988 want the edit window. */
3989 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3991 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3992 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3995 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3996 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3999 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4000 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4002 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4005 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4008 x_uncatch_errors ();
4010 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4013 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4015 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4019 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4025 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4026 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4030 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4031 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4032 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4033 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4034 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4035 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4036 the frame are divided into. */
4038 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4039 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4044 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4045 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4046 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4056 /***********************************************************************
4058 ***********************************************************************/
4060 /* Scroll bar support. */
4062 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4064 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4067 static struct scroll_bar
*
4068 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4074 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4075 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4076 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4078 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4080 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4082 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4083 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4084 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4087 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4090 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4092 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4093 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4094 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4095 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4096 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4099 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4100 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4101 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4102 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4109 #if defined USE_LUCID
4111 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4112 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4115 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4120 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4122 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4124 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4125 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4127 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4135 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4138 /************************************************************************
4140 ************************************************************************/
4142 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4144 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4145 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4146 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4147 struct scroll_bar
*));
4148 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4152 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4153 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4155 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4157 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4159 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4161 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4162 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4165 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4167 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4169 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4171 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4172 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4173 to avoid jerkyness. */
4175 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4177 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4178 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4179 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4180 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4183 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4186 XtPointer client_data
;
4190 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4196 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4197 end_action
= "Release";
4198 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4199 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4200 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4201 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4204 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4205 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4209 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4210 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4211 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4213 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4215 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4216 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4217 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4219 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4220 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4222 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4223 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4226 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4228 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4229 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4231 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4232 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4235 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4236 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4237 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4238 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4241 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4243 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4246 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4247 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4248 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4253 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4254 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4255 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4256 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4257 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4260 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4261 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4262 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4263 into that array in the event. */
4264 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4265 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4268 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4270 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4271 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4272 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4274 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4276 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4277 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4280 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4281 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4282 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4283 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4284 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4285 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4287 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4288 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4289 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4290 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4293 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4294 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4295 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4296 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4301 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4305 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4307 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4309 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4314 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4315 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4317 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4318 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4320 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4321 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4324 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4326 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4328 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4329 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4330 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4331 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4332 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4338 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4340 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4343 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4344 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4345 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4348 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4350 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4352 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4353 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4354 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4358 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4359 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4360 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4363 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4364 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4365 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4368 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4369 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4370 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4373 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4374 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4375 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4379 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4380 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4383 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4384 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4385 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4392 /* Get the slider size. */
4394 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4397 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4398 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4399 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4400 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4404 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4410 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4411 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4412 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4416 #elif defined USE_GTK
4418 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4419 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4422 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4423 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4427 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4429 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4430 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4431 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4433 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4434 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4439 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4440 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4441 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4442 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4444 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4445 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4446 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4447 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4450 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4451 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4452 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4454 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4455 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4456 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4458 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4459 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4460 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4462 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4463 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4464 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4470 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4471 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4472 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4478 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4481 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4482 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4485 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4486 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4487 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4489 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4490 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4491 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4498 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4500 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4501 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4502 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4506 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4508 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4510 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4511 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4513 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4516 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4518 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4522 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4524 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4525 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4526 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4527 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4528 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4530 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4532 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4534 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4535 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4536 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4537 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4541 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4542 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4543 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4544 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4545 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4546 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4547 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4550 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4552 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4554 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4555 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4556 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4560 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4562 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4565 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4566 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4568 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4569 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4570 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4571 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4573 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4575 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4576 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4577 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4578 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4581 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4583 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4585 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4586 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4590 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4592 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4594 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4597 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4598 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4603 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4606 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4608 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4614 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4615 unsigned long pixel
;
4620 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4626 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4627 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4629 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4636 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4639 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4643 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4644 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4646 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4647 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4649 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4651 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4653 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4655 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4657 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4659 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4662 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4663 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4665 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4666 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4667 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4668 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4670 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4672 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4673 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4674 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4675 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4677 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4678 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4679 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4681 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4684 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4688 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4691 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4695 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4697 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4698 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4700 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4703 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4704 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4705 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4707 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4710 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4712 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4715 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4716 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4717 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4719 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4723 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4724 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4725 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4726 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4727 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4728 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4730 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4734 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4735 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4736 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4738 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4740 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4743 /* Specify the colors. */
4744 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4747 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4750 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4753 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4759 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4760 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4764 char *val
= initial
;
4765 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4766 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4767 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4769 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4770 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4771 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4772 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4773 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4774 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4778 /* Define callbacks. */
4779 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4780 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4783 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4784 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4786 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4788 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4789 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4790 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4791 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4793 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4794 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4795 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4796 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4800 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4803 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4804 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4808 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4809 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4810 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4812 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4815 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4817 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4818 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4819 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4821 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4822 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4829 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4830 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4831 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4832 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4833 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4834 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4835 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4836 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4837 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4838 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4839 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4840 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4841 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4842 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4849 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4850 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4853 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4857 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4858 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4860 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4861 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4862 size
= max (size
, 1);
4864 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4865 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4866 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4868 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4870 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4876 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4877 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4881 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4883 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4884 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4885 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4889 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4890 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4891 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4894 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4895 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4897 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4898 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4899 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4900 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4902 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4903 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4906 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4907 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4908 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4910 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4914 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4918 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4920 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4924 /************************************************************************
4925 Scroll bars, general
4926 ************************************************************************/
4928 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4929 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4930 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4933 static struct scroll_bar
*
4934 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4936 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4938 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4939 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4940 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4944 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4945 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4946 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4948 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4952 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4953 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4954 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4956 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4957 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4959 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4961 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4963 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4964 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4965 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4966 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4967 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4969 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4971 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4972 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4973 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4975 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4977 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4984 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4986 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4988 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4992 bar
->height
= height
;
4995 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4996 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4998 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4999 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5001 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5002 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5003 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5005 /* Map the window/widget. */
5006 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5009 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5012 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5013 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5015 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
5016 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5017 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5018 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5019 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5021 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5022 max (height
, 1), 0);
5023 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5024 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5026 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5027 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5028 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5035 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5037 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5039 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5040 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5041 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5044 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5045 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5046 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5047 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5048 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5051 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
5052 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5056 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5057 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5058 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5059 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5061 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5063 && start
== bar
->start
5070 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5071 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5072 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5074 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5075 the distance between start and end. */
5077 int length
= end
- start
;
5081 else if (start
> top_range
)
5083 end
= start
+ length
;
5087 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5091 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5095 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5096 if (end
> top_range
)
5099 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5100 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5101 that many pixels tall. */
5102 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5104 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5105 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5107 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5108 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5109 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5110 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5111 inside_width
, start
,
5114 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5115 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5116 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5117 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5119 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5120 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5121 /* x, y, width, height */
5122 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5123 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5124 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5126 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5127 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5128 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5129 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5131 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5132 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5133 if (end
< inside_height
)
5134 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5135 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5136 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5137 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5138 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5146 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5148 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5152 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5153 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5155 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5158 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5160 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5161 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5162 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5163 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5165 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5168 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5169 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5175 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5176 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5177 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5181 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5183 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5185 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5186 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5187 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5188 int window_y
, window_height
;
5189 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5190 int fringe_extended_p
;
5193 /* Get window dimensions. */
5194 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5196 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5197 height
= window_height
;
5199 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5200 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5202 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5203 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5204 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5205 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5209 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5210 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5211 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5212 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5214 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5216 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5217 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5222 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5223 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5224 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5225 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5226 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5227 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5229 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5230 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5231 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5232 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5235 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5236 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5238 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5241 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5242 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5243 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5244 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5247 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5248 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5252 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5256 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5257 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5259 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5263 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5265 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5267 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5269 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5272 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5274 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5275 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5277 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5278 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5279 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5281 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5282 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5283 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5285 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5286 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5289 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5292 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5293 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5295 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5296 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5297 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5299 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5300 max (height
, 1), 0);
5301 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5303 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5305 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5306 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5307 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5309 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5310 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5312 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5313 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5314 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5318 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5319 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5320 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5323 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5324 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5325 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5327 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5328 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5329 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5330 rest
, height
, False
);
5332 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5333 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5337 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5342 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5344 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5346 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5350 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5352 /* Remember new settings. */
5353 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5355 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5356 bar
->height
= height
;
5361 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5362 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5364 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5365 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5366 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5368 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5370 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5373 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5376 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5377 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5378 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5381 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5383 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5387 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5388 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5389 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5390 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5391 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5392 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5393 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5395 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5396 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5397 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5400 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5403 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5404 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5407 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5408 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5409 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5410 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5411 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5412 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5413 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5418 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5419 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5422 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5423 struct window
*window
;
5425 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5428 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5429 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5432 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5434 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5435 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5436 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5438 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5440 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5441 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5443 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5444 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5445 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5447 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5448 one or the other! */
5452 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5454 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5455 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5457 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5459 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5460 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5461 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5464 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5465 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5468 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5471 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5473 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5475 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5476 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5477 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5479 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5481 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5483 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5486 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5489 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5490 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5494 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5495 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5496 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5498 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5502 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5503 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5506 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5507 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5508 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5509 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5513 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5515 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5516 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5517 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5518 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5520 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5521 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5523 /* x, y, width, height */
5525 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5528 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5529 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5530 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5531 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5536 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5538 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5539 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5541 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5546 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5547 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5549 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5551 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5554 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5555 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5556 emacs_event
->modifiers
5557 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5558 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5559 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5560 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5563 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5564 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5565 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5568 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5569 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5572 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5575 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5576 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5577 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5579 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5581 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5582 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5583 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5584 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5586 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5587 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5589 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5590 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5594 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5595 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5599 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5601 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5603 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5607 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5608 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5611 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5613 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5616 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5618 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5619 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5621 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5622 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5624 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5626 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5628 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5633 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5635 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5636 on the scroll bar. */
5639 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5641 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5642 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5644 unsigned long *time
;
5646 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5647 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5648 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5650 Window dummy_window
;
5652 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5656 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5658 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5660 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5661 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5662 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5664 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5667 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5673 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5675 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5677 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5678 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5682 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5686 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5688 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5689 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5690 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5691 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5692 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5693 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5695 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5697 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5698 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5701 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5704 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5710 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5711 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5712 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5716 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5719 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5722 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5723 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5724 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5725 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5726 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5727 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5728 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5729 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5731 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5735 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5737 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5738 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5739 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5740 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5742 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5743 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5745 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5747 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5748 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5750 static int temp_index
;
5751 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5753 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5754 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5756 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5758 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5759 on a particular display. */
5761 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5763 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5764 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5765 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5766 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5768 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5770 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5773 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5774 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5775 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5776 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5777 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5778 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5782 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5783 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5793 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5794 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5795 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5797 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5799 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5803 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5804 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5807 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5808 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5809 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5812 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5813 event
->xclient
.window
);
5815 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5820 static int current_count
;
5821 static int current_finish
;
5822 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5824 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5825 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5826 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5827 static GdkFilterReturn
5828 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5833 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5836 if (current_count
>= 0)
5838 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5840 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5843 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5844 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5845 so we do it here. */
5846 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5848 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5851 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5856 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5859 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5863 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5867 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5868 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5870 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5872 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5875 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5877 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5878 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5879 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5881 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5884 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5885 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5888 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5891 struct input_event ie
;
5892 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5897 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5898 struct coding_system coding
;
5899 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5901 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5903 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5904 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5907 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5908 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5914 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5915 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5916 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5918 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5919 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5921 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5922 could be the shell widget window
5923 if the frame has no title bar. */
5924 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5926 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5927 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5928 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5930 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5931 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5932 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5933 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5934 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5937 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5938 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5939 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5940 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5943 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5944 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5945 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5948 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5949 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5950 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5952 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5953 /* The ICCCM says this is
5954 the only valid choice. */
5956 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5957 /* This is needed to detect the error
5958 if there is an error. */
5960 x_uncatch_errors ();
5962 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5967 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5968 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5970 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5971 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5972 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5973 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5974 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5975 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5976 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5977 session manager and one for this. */
5979 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5982 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5983 event
.xclient
.window
);
5984 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5985 for a single Emacs process. */
5986 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5987 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5988 event
.xclient
.window
,
5989 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5991 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5992 event
.xclient
.window
,
5998 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5999 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
6001 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
6002 event
.xclient
.window
);
6004 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6006 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6007 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6014 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6015 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6020 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6021 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6024 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6026 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6027 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6031 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6038 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6039 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6041 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6043 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6047 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6049 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6050 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6051 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6052 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6054 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6055 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6056 currently never do because we are interested in
6057 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6058 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6059 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6062 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6063 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6067 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6068 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6069 we construct an input_event. */
6070 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6071 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6073 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6074 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6077 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6079 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6080 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6081 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6083 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6084 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6085 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6087 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6091 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6093 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6096 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6097 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6101 case SelectionNotify
:
6102 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6103 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6104 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6106 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6107 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6110 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6111 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6112 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6113 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6115 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6117 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6119 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6120 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6121 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6122 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6123 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6127 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6128 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6129 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6130 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6132 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6134 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6136 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6137 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6138 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6139 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6140 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6141 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6142 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6143 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6147 case PropertyNotify
:
6148 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6149 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6150 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6151 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6153 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6154 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6157 case ReparentNotify
:
6158 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6162 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6163 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6167 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6168 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6169 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6174 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6178 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6179 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6180 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6181 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6182 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6185 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6187 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6188 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6189 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6190 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6194 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6195 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6199 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6200 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6202 #if defined USE_LUCID
6203 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6204 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6205 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6208 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6210 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6212 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6214 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6215 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6217 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6218 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6219 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6222 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6223 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6226 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6227 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6231 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6232 source area was obscured or not
6234 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6238 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6239 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6240 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6242 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6245 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6248 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6249 source area was completely
6254 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6255 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6258 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6261 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6262 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6263 the frame was deleted. */
6265 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6266 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6267 display that won't ever be seen. */
6268 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6269 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6270 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6271 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6272 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6273 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6274 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6275 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6277 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6279 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6280 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6286 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6287 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6288 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6291 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6292 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6293 frame is visible. */
6294 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6297 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6298 the frame's display structures.
6299 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6300 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6301 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6302 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6303 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6304 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6306 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6307 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6308 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6309 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6311 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6312 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6313 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6317 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6318 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6320 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6321 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6322 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6323 to update the frame titles
6324 in case this is the second frame. */
6325 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6328 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6335 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6336 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6338 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6339 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6340 if (popup_activated ())
6344 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6346 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6347 mouse highlighting. */
6348 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6350 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6352 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6353 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6356 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6359 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6360 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6361 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6363 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6365 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6366 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6369 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6373 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6374 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6375 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6378 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6379 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6380 status_return even if the input is too long to
6381 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6382 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6383 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6384 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6385 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6386 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6387 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6389 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6393 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6394 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6395 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6397 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6401 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6402 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6403 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6405 /* This will have to go some day... */
6407 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6408 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6409 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6410 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6411 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6412 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6413 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6415 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6416 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6417 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6418 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6419 not it is combined with Meta. */
6420 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6421 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6426 Status status_return
;
6428 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6429 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6430 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6431 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6433 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6435 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6436 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6437 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6438 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6439 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6442 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6443 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6445 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6450 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6451 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6455 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6456 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6459 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6460 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6464 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6465 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6466 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6469 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6470 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6472 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6473 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6475 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6476 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6478 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6479 translations to characters. */
6480 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6481 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6483 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6484 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6488 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6489 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6491 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6492 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6494 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6495 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6499 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6500 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6501 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6505 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6506 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6507 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6508 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6512 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6513 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6514 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6515 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6516 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6517 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6519 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6520 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6522 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6523 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6524 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6525 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6526 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6527 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6529 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6530 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6532 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6533 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6535 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6536 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6538 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6539 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6541 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6542 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6544 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6545 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6547 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6548 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6550 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6551 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6553 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6554 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6556 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6557 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6559 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6560 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6562 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6563 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6565 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6566 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6568 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6569 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6570 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6571 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6572 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6573 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6574 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6575 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6576 don't have real modifiers but
6577 should be treated similarly to
6578 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6579 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6580 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6582 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6583 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6587 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6588 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6590 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6591 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6595 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6600 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6602 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6604 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6607 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6609 /* Decode the input data. */
6613 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6614 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6615 we used just above and the locale. */
6616 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6617 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6618 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6619 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6620 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6621 gives us composition information. */
6622 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6624 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6625 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6626 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6627 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6628 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6629 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6630 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6631 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6634 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6635 character events. */
6636 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6638 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6639 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6641 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6642 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6643 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6644 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6646 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6651 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6653 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6659 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6660 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6668 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6670 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6671 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6679 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6680 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6682 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6684 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6685 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6687 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6688 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6689 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6690 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6692 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6693 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6694 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6695 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6700 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6704 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6705 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6707 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6710 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6712 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6713 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6714 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6715 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6718 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6719 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6720 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6721 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6722 if (any_help_event_p
)
6726 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6727 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6728 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6733 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6738 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6739 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6740 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6742 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6743 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6744 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6746 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6748 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6750 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6751 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6755 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6761 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6762 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6763 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6767 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6768 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6771 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6772 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6773 will be selected only when it is active. */
6774 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6775 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6776 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6777 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6778 create event iff we don't leave the
6780 && (focus_follows_mouse
6781 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6782 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6784 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6785 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6790 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6791 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6795 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6796 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6797 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6798 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6801 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6802 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6804 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6805 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6806 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6809 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6810 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6811 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6812 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6817 case ConfigureNotify
:
6818 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6821 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6822 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6824 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6825 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6831 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6833 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6834 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6836 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6837 is called by the code that handles resizing
6838 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6840 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6841 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6842 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6843 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6844 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6845 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6846 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6848 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6849 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6850 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6853 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6854 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6855 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6859 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6860 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6861 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6862 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6865 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6869 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6870 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6879 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6880 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6883 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6884 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6885 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6887 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6889 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6890 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6892 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6895 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6900 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6901 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6902 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6905 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6906 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6908 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6909 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6911 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6913 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6914 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6915 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6916 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6921 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6922 if (! popup_activated ())
6925 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6927 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6928 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6930 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6931 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6933 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6934 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6937 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6939 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6940 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6941 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6945 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6946 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6947 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6949 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6950 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6952 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6954 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6955 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6957 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6959 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6960 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6963 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6965 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6966 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6969 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6972 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6974 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6975 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6976 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6980 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6981 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6982 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6983 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6984 Instead, save it away
6985 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6986 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6989 ! popup_activated ()
6990 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6991 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6994 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6995 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6996 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6997 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6998 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6999 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7000 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7001 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7003 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7004 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7006 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7009 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7011 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7015 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
7016 but I am trying to be cautious. */
7017 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
7019 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
7021 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
7022 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
7023 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7028 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7031 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7035 case CirculateNotify
:
7038 case CirculateRequest
:
7041 case VisibilityNotify
:
7045 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7047 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7049 case MappingModifier
:
7050 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7051 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7052 case MappingKeyboard
:
7053 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7058 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7063 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7065 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7066 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7068 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7073 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7075 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7080 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7085 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7091 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7092 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7093 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7097 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7098 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7108 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7109 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7110 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7112 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7114 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7118 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7119 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7121 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7124 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7130 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7131 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7132 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7134 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7135 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7136 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7139 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7142 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7143 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7145 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7149 int event_found
= 0;
7151 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7153 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7155 pending_signals
= 1;
7160 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7162 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7166 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7167 input_signal_count
++;
7172 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7173 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7175 struct input_event inev
;
7177 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7178 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7179 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7181 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7188 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7189 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7191 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7192 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7196 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7200 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7203 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7204 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7209 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7210 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7212 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7218 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7219 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7220 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7221 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7223 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7224 from all displays. */
7226 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7228 current_count
= count
;
7229 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7231 gtk_main_iteration ();
7233 count
= current_count
;
7235 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7237 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7240 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7244 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7245 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7248 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7249 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7250 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7252 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7256 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7257 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7259 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7261 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7262 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7266 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7268 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7269 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7271 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7272 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7284 /***********************************************************************
7286 ***********************************************************************/
7288 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7289 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7291 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7292 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7293 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7296 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7298 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7302 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7303 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7304 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7306 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7308 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7309 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7310 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7311 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7312 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7314 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7318 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7321 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7323 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7325 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7326 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7327 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7330 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7333 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7334 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7335 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7336 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7339 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7340 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7341 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7343 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7344 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7345 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7346 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7347 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7349 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7350 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7351 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7353 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7354 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7355 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7356 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7360 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7362 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7363 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7364 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7368 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7370 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7372 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7374 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7375 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7377 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7378 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7380 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7381 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7384 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7385 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7386 the bar might not be in the window. */
7387 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7389 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7390 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7391 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7395 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7396 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7397 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7398 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7399 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7402 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7403 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7404 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7405 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7406 that the glyph is legible. */
7407 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7408 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7410 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7411 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7414 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7417 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7418 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7421 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7423 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7426 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7427 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7429 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7431 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7432 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7433 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7434 width
, row
->height
);
7438 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7441 width
= row
->height
;
7443 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7445 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7446 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7448 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7449 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7450 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7451 row
->height
- width
),
7452 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7455 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7460 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7463 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7467 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7468 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7469 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7470 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7474 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7477 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7479 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7481 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7482 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7484 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7485 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7486 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7491 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7494 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7496 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7498 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7501 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7505 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7506 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7508 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7509 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7511 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7512 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7515 switch (cursor_type
)
7517 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7518 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7521 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7522 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7526 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7530 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7534 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7542 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7543 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7544 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7549 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7556 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7559 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7565 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7568 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7569 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7570 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7571 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7576 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7577 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7578 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7580 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7581 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7582 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7586 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7587 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7593 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7594 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7597 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7599 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7601 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7605 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7608 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7609 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7613 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7614 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7618 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7619 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7620 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7621 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7622 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7624 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7627 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7628 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7634 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7635 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7638 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7642 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7647 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7648 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7650 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7651 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7654 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7655 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7656 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7657 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7662 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7664 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7665 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7667 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7668 be called from a signal handler.
7671 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7672 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7674 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7676 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7678 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7679 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7680 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7683 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7687 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7688 x_error_message
->string
,
7689 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7692 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7693 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7696 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7697 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7698 stored in *x_error_message.
7700 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7701 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7703 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7705 void x_check_errors ();
7708 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7711 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7713 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7717 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7718 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7719 x_error_message
= data
;
7722 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7723 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7728 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7732 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7733 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7734 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7735 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7737 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7738 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7743 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7744 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7745 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7748 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7752 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7755 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7757 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7758 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7759 x_uncatch_errors ();
7760 error (format
, string
);
7764 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7765 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7768 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7771 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7774 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7777 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7780 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7783 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7786 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7787 * idea. --lorentey */
7788 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7791 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7793 while (x_error_message
)
7794 x_uncatch_errors ();
7798 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7801 x_catching_errors ()
7803 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7807 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7810 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7815 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7816 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7817 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7818 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7819 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7822 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7823 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7826 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7827 must reestablish each time */
7828 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7833 /************************************************************************
7835 ************************************************************************/
7837 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7839 static char *error_msg
;
7841 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7842 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7843 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7846 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7848 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7852 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7853 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7856 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7858 char *error_message
;
7860 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7861 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7862 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7864 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7865 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7866 handling_signal
= 0;
7868 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7869 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7870 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7871 the original message here. */
7872 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7874 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7875 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7879 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7881 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7882 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7885 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7886 that are on the dead display. */
7887 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7889 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7891 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7892 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7893 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7894 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7895 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7896 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7899 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7900 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7901 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7902 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7903 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7904 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7906 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7907 trying to find a replacement. */
7908 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7909 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7912 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7913 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7916 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7917 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7918 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7919 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7921 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7922 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7923 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7925 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1',
7926 opened in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7928 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7929 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7930 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7931 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7932 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7933 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7934 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7935 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7938 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7939 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7940 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7941 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7942 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7943 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7944 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7945 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7946 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7949 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7951 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7952 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7954 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7955 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7956 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7957 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7962 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7963 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7967 x_uncatch_errors ();
7969 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7971 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7972 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7976 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7978 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7980 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7981 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7983 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7984 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7985 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7986 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7987 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7988 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7991 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7992 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7993 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7995 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7996 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7999 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
8003 if (x_error_message
)
8004 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
8006 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
8010 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
8011 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
8012 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8014 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
8016 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
8017 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
8022 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
8028 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
8029 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
8031 static void NO_INLINE
8032 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
8036 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
8038 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
8039 or colors that are not defined. */
8041 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
8044 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
8045 original error handler. */
8047 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
8048 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
8049 buf
, error
->request_code
);
8050 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
8054 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
8055 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
8056 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
8059 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
8064 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
8065 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
8069 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
8071 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
8072 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
8073 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
8077 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
8079 Lisp_Object font_object
;
8082 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
8085 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
8086 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
8087 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
8088 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
8092 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
8093 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
8094 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
8095 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
8096 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
8098 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8100 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8101 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8103 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8104 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8105 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8109 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8110 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8113 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8115 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8116 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8117 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8118 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8119 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8124 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8127 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8136 /***********************************************************************
8138 ***********************************************************************/
8144 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8145 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8146 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8149 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8151 XPointer client_data
;
8154 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8155 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8159 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8160 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8162 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8163 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8165 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8166 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8170 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8171 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8172 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8176 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8179 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8180 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8183 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8184 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8187 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8188 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8189 char *resource_name
;
8197 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8198 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8205 XIMCallback destroy
;
8208 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8209 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8212 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8213 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8214 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8220 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8221 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8225 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8227 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8228 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8229 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8230 when the callback was registered. */
8233 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8235 XPointer client_data
;
8238 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8239 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8241 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8245 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8247 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8248 as they have no XIC. */
8249 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8251 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8254 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8256 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8259 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8260 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8262 create_frame_xic (f
);
8263 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8264 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8265 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8267 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8268 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8277 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8280 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8281 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8282 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8283 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8286 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8287 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8288 char *resource_name
;
8290 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8294 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8295 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8298 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8299 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8300 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8301 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8302 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8303 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8304 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8305 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8306 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8307 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8308 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8309 least, hence the configure test. */
8310 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8311 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8312 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8313 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8315 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8319 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8322 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8323 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8328 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8329 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8330 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8332 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8333 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8334 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8335 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8336 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8337 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8338 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8339 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8341 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8344 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8348 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8349 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8352 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8355 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8357 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8358 is already for the top-left corner. */
8359 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8362 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8363 position that fits on the screen. */
8364 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8365 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8366 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8369 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8371 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8372 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8373 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8375 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8376 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8377 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8378 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8381 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8382 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8384 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8387 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8388 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8389 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8392 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8393 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8394 so the flags should correspond. */
8395 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8398 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8399 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8400 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8401 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8402 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8405 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8407 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8410 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8412 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8414 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8415 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8419 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8421 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8423 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8424 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8426 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8429 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8431 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8432 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8434 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8436 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8437 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8438 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8439 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8440 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8443 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8444 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8446 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8447 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8450 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8451 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8452 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8453 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8456 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8457 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8458 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8460 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8461 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8462 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8463 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8464 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8465 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8470 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8471 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8472 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8473 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8474 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8477 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8479 const char *atomname
;
8482 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8483 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8485 Window wmcheck_window
;
8486 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8487 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8488 long max_len
= 65536;
8489 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8490 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8491 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8496 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8498 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8499 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8500 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8501 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8502 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8504 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8506 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8507 x_uncatch_errors ();
8512 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8515 /* Check if window exists. */
8516 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8518 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8520 x_uncatch_errors ();
8525 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8527 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8528 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8529 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8530 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8531 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8532 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8534 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8535 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8537 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8538 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8539 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8540 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8542 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8544 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8545 x_uncatch_errors ();
8550 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8551 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8552 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8556 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8558 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8559 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8561 x_uncatch_errors ();
8568 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8574 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8575 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8576 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8578 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8580 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8582 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8584 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8590 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8592 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8596 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8597 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8598 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8601 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8602 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8603 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not. */
8606 get_current_vm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8612 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8613 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8614 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8615 long max_len
= 65536;
8616 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8617 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8618 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8621 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8624 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8625 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8626 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8627 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8628 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8630 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8632 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8633 x_uncatch_errors ();
8638 x_uncatch_errors ();
8640 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8642 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8643 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8645 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8646 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8648 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8650 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8652 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8653 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8655 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8657 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8658 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8659 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8663 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8667 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8670 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8673 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8674 Lisp_Object lval
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
8677 get_current_vm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8679 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8680 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8682 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8684 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8687 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8688 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8689 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8691 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8693 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8694 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8695 are sent at once. */
8696 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8698 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8699 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8700 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8701 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, fh
);
8702 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8704 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8705 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8706 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8707 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, fh
);
8708 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8709 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8711 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8712 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8713 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8714 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, fw
);
8715 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8716 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8718 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8719 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8720 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8721 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8723 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8724 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8725 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8727 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, fh
);
8730 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8734 return have_net_atom
;
8738 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8741 if (f
->async_visible
)
8744 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8752 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8754 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8756 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8760 get_current_vm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8764 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8767 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8770 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8773 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8778 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8779 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8782 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8783 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8785 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8788 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8791 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8792 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8794 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8795 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8796 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8798 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8800 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8801 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8803 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8805 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8806 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8807 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8808 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8809 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8811 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8812 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8814 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8815 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8818 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8823 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8824 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8825 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8826 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8827 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8828 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8829 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8832 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8837 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8839 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8840 window manager window around the frame. */
8842 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8844 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8846 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8851 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8852 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8853 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8855 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8857 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8858 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8860 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8861 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8863 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8866 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8867 frame's position. */
8869 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8873 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8874 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8875 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8876 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8877 of an exact comparison. */
8880 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8882 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8886 while (count
++ < 50)
8888 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8890 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8891 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8894 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8895 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8899 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8902 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8903 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8906 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8910 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8911 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8913 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8917 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8919 x_wait_for_event (f
, eventtype
)
8923 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8926 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8927 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8929 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8930 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8932 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticable.
8933 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8934 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (tmo
, 0, 100000);
8935 EMACS_GET_TIME (tmo_at
);
8936 EMACS_ADD_TIME (tmo_at
, tmo_at
, tmo
);
8938 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8940 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8941 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8942 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8944 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8949 EMACS_GET_TIME (time_now
);
8950 EMACS_SUB_TIME (tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
);
8952 if (EMACS_TIME_NEG_P (tmo
) || select (fd
+1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
) == 0)
8953 break; /* Timeout */
8955 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8956 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8960 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8961 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8962 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8963 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8966 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8971 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8973 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8974 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8975 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8977 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8978 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8979 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8981 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8983 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8984 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8985 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8987 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8988 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8989 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8990 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8993 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8994 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8995 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8996 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8997 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8999 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9000 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9001 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9002 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9004 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9005 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9006 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9007 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9008 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9010 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9013 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
9014 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
9015 for the ConfigureNotify. */
9016 if (f
->async_visible
)
9017 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
9020 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
9021 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
9022 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
9028 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9029 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9030 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9031 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9034 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9041 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9045 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
9046 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
9047 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
9048 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
9049 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
9050 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
9051 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
9052 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9053 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9054 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
9056 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9058 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
9059 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
9060 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
9061 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
9062 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9063 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
9064 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
9068 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
9069 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
9071 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9072 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9074 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
9076 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9078 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9079 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9081 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9082 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9083 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9084 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9085 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9090 /* Mouse warping. */
9093 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9099 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
9100 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
9102 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9103 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9105 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9106 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9110 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9111 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9115 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
9118 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9124 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9125 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9129 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9132 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9136 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
9137 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
9138 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
9139 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9140 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9149 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
9150 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
9151 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
9152 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
9156 /* Raise frame F. */
9163 if (f
->async_visible
)
9164 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9166 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9170 /* Lower frame F. */
9176 if (f
->async_visible
)
9179 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9180 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9185 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9188 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
9191 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9192 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9194 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
9195 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
9198 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9199 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9200 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9202 Fcons (make_number (1),
9203 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9209 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9219 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9222 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9224 enum xembed_info flags
;
9227 unsigned long data
[2];
9229 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9231 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9234 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9235 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9239 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9242 enum xembed_message message
;
9249 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9250 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9251 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9252 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9253 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9254 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9255 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9256 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9257 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9259 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9260 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9261 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9264 /* Change of visibility. */
9266 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9267 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9268 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9269 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9270 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9271 finishes with it. */
9274 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9278 int original_top
, original_left
;
9279 int retry_count
= 2;
9285 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9287 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9289 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9291 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9292 call x_set_offset a second time
9293 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9294 before the window gets really visible. */
9295 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9296 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9297 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9298 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9300 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9302 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9303 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9304 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9305 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9306 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9309 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9310 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9312 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9314 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9315 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9317 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9318 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9320 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9321 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9322 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9325 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9327 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9328 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9329 so that incoming events are handled. */
9333 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9334 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9335 will set it when they are handled. */
9336 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9338 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9339 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9341 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9344 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9346 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9347 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9348 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9349 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9351 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9352 because the window manager may choose the position
9353 and we don't want to override it. */
9355 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9356 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9357 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9358 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9359 && previously_visible
)
9363 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9367 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9368 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9369 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9370 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9371 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9372 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9373 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9374 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9375 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9377 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9378 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9379 original_left
, original_top
);
9384 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9386 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9387 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9388 MapNotify at all.. */
9389 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9390 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9392 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9395 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9396 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9397 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9398 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9399 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9401 if (input_polling_used ())
9403 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9404 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9405 handler reset it. */
9406 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9407 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9408 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9409 poll_for_input_1 ();
9410 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9413 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9414 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9419 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9423 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9424 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9425 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9426 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9428 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9433 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9435 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9438 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9443 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9444 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9446 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9447 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9448 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9452 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9453 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9454 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9455 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9456 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9457 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9460 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9461 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9464 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9465 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9470 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9471 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9473 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9474 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9478 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9479 just by the event that we get from the server.
9480 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9481 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9482 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9484 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9485 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9486 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9493 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9502 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9503 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9504 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9506 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9511 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9513 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9515 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9518 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9520 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9521 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9523 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9526 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9527 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9533 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9535 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9537 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9538 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9539 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9540 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9541 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9542 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9543 so we have to record it here. */
9546 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9547 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9552 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9553 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9554 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9558 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9560 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9561 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9565 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9567 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9569 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9570 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9571 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9572 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9573 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9574 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9576 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9577 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9579 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9580 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9584 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9585 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9586 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9587 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9588 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9590 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9591 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9593 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9596 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9597 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9601 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9603 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9605 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9607 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9608 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9611 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9612 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9614 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9616 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9620 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9623 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9626 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9628 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9632 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9633 commands to the X server. */
9634 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9636 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9637 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9639 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9640 free_frame_faces (f
);
9642 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9643 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9645 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9646 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9647 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9648 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9649 toolkit scroll bars. */
9650 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9652 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9653 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9662 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9663 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9665 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9666 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9668 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9669 we are using a toolkit. */
9670 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9671 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9673 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9674 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9677 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9678 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9679 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9681 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9682 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9683 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9685 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9687 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9688 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9689 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9691 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9692 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9693 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9694 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9695 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9696 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9698 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9699 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9700 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9701 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9702 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9703 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9704 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9705 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9706 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9707 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9708 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9709 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9710 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9711 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9712 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9715 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9718 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9719 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9720 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9722 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9723 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9724 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9725 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9726 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9727 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9729 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9731 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9732 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9733 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9734 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9735 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9736 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9737 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9744 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9747 x_destroy_window (f
)
9750 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9752 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9753 commands to the X server. */
9754 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9755 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9757 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9761 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9763 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9764 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9765 that the window now has.
9766 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9767 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9768 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9772 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9777 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9778 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9780 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9781 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9783 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9784 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9786 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9787 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9789 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9790 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9791 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9792 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9793 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9794 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9796 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9798 int base_width
, base_height
;
9799 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9801 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9802 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9804 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9806 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9807 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9808 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9809 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9810 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9812 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9813 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9814 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9816 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9817 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9818 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9819 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9820 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9823 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9826 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9831 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9832 long supplied_return
;
9835 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9839 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9844 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9845 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9846 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9847 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9848 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9849 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9850 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9851 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9858 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9859 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9863 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9864 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9866 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9868 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9870 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9872 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9875 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9879 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9882 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9883 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9884 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9885 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9887 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9888 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9890 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9891 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9895 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9899 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9901 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9902 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9907 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9908 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9909 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9910 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9914 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9922 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9926 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9930 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9931 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9932 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9933 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9936 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9938 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9939 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9941 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9945 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9949 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9951 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9952 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9953 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9955 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9959 /***********************************************************************
9961 ***********************************************************************/
9965 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9969 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9975 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9976 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9977 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9980 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9983 /***********************************************************************
9985 ***********************************************************************/
9987 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9988 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9989 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9990 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9992 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9993 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9994 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9996 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9997 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9998 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9999 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10000 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10001 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10002 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10005 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
10007 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
10009 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10011 static int x_initialized
;
10014 static int x_session_initialized
;
10017 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10018 the screen number from the server number. */
10020 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10021 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10023 int seen_colon
= 0;
10024 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10025 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10026 int length_until_period
= 0;
10028 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10029 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10030 length_until_period
++;
10032 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10033 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10035 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10037 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10038 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10039 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10040 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10041 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10042 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10043 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10044 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10045 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10046 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10047 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10048 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10049 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10050 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10052 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10056 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10060 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10061 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10064 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10065 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10068 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10069 unsigned long mask
;
10076 while (!(mask
& 1))
10092 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
10093 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
10096 x_display_ok (display
)
10097 const char *display
;
10102 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
10104 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
10112 my_log_handler (log_domain
, log_level
, message
, user_data
)
10113 const gchar
*log_domain
;
10114 GLogLevelFlags log_level
;
10115 const gchar
*message
;
10116 gpointer user_data
;
10118 if (!strstr (message
, "g_set_prgname"))
10119 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, message
);
10123 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
10124 the structure that describes the open display.
10125 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
10127 struct x_display_info
*
10128 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10129 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10131 char *resource_name
;
10135 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10136 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10141 if (!x_initialized
)
10147 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
10148 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
10152 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10154 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10155 char **argv2
= argv
;
10157 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10158 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, Qx
))
10159 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
10162 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10164 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
10165 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10166 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10167 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10168 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10170 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10174 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10178 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10180 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10182 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10183 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10186 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10187 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10189 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10191 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10192 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10193 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10194 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10195 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10196 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10198 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10202 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10204 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10205 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10207 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10209 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10210 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10212 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10213 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10215 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10216 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10219 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10220 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10223 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10224 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10225 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10227 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10228 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10229 So let's not use it until R6. */
10230 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10231 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10242 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10243 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10245 turn_on_atimers (0);
10246 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10247 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10248 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10250 turn_on_atimers (1);
10252 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10253 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10258 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10259 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10260 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10261 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10262 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10264 /* Detect failure. */
10271 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10273 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10274 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10276 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10279 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10282 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10283 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10284 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10285 SDATA (display_name
)))
10288 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10291 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10292 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10293 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= Qx
;
10295 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10296 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10297 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10298 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10299 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10301 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10303 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10305 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10306 list of terminals. */
10307 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10308 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10309 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10310 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10312 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10313 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10315 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10316 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10317 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10319 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10320 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10324 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10325 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10326 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10327 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10328 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10330 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10333 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10334 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10335 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10337 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10338 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10339 x_display_name_list
);
10340 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10342 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10344 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10345 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10346 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10347 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10350 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10354 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10355 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10357 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10358 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10360 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10361 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10363 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10365 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10366 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10367 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10369 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10370 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10372 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10373 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10374 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10375 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10377 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10379 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10381 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10383 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10384 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10385 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10386 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10387 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10388 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10389 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10390 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10391 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10392 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10393 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10394 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10395 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10396 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10397 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10398 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10399 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10400 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10401 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10402 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10403 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10404 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10405 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10406 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10407 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10408 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10409 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10410 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10412 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10413 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10414 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10416 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10418 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10419 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10420 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10421 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10422 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10423 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10426 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10427 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10429 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10432 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10433 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10434 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10436 if (STRINGP (value
)
10437 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10438 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10439 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10443 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10444 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10448 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10449 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10450 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10451 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10452 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10454 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10456 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10457 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10461 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10463 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10464 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10465 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10466 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10467 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10468 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10469 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10470 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10471 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10474 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10475 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10476 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10477 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10478 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10479 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10480 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10481 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10482 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10483 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10484 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10485 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10486 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10487 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10488 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10489 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10491 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10492 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10493 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10494 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10495 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10496 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10497 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10498 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10499 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10500 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10501 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10502 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10503 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10504 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10505 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10506 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10507 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10508 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10509 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10510 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10511 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10512 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10513 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10514 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10515 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10516 /* For properties of font. */
10517 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10518 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10519 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10520 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10521 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10522 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10523 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10524 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10525 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10526 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10528 /* Ghostscript support. */
10529 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10530 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10532 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10535 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10538 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10539 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10540 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10541 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10542 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10543 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10544 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10545 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10546 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10547 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10548 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
10549 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", False
);
10550 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
10551 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP", False
);
10552 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
10553 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", False
);
10554 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10556 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10557 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10558 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10559 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10561 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10562 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10563 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10565 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10566 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10569 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10570 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10572 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10574 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10575 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10579 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10582 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10584 #ifdef subprocesses
10585 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10586 if (connection
!= 0)
10587 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10591 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10592 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10595 if (interrupt_input
)
10596 init_sigio (connection
);
10597 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10601 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10602 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10605 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10606 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10607 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10608 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10609 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10610 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10611 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10612 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10614 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10615 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10616 x_uncatch_errors ();
10620 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10621 for debugging X code. */
10624 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10625 build_string ("synchronous"),
10626 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10628 if (STRINGP (value
)
10629 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10630 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10631 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10636 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10637 build_string ("useXIM"),
10638 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10641 if (STRINGP (value
)
10642 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10643 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10646 if (STRINGP (value
)
10647 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10648 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10654 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10655 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10657 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10658 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10666 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10667 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10670 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10671 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10673 struct terminal
*t
;
10675 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10677 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10678 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10681 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10682 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10685 delete_terminal (t
);
10689 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10691 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10692 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10693 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10694 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10695 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10700 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10701 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10703 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10705 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10708 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10712 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10713 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10715 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10716 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10719 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10721 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10722 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10723 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10726 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10727 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10728 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10732 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10734 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10735 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10736 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10737 that slows us down. */
10740 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10741 struct atimer
*timer
;
10744 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10745 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10747 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10748 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10749 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10750 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10755 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10756 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10757 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10758 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10759 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10760 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10761 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10764 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10767 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10769 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10771 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10772 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10773 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10778 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10781 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10783 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10785 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10787 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10791 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10793 x_after_update_window_line
,
10794 x_update_window_begin
,
10795 x_update_window_end
,
10801 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10803 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10804 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10805 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10806 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10807 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10808 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10809 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10810 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10811 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10812 x_clear_frame_area
,
10813 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10814 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10815 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10819 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10821 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10823 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10825 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10826 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10827 if (!terminal
->name
)
10832 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10835 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10838 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10839 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10840 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10842 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10843 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10845 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10846 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10847 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10848 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10850 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10851 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10852 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10853 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10854 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10855 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10856 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10857 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10858 leaks in other situations. */
10860 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10861 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10863 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10865 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10866 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10867 closing all the displays. */
10868 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10872 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10874 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10875 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10877 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10879 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10882 /* Mark as dead. */
10883 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10884 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10888 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10889 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10891 static struct terminal
*
10892 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10894 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10896 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10898 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10899 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10900 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10902 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10904 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10905 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10906 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10907 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10908 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10909 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10910 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10911 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10912 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10913 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10914 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10915 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10916 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10917 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10918 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10919 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10920 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10921 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10922 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10923 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10925 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10926 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10928 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10929 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10930 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10931 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10932 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10933 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10945 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10946 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10947 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10949 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10953 current_count
= -1;
10956 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10957 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10959 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10960 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10962 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10964 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10965 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10966 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10967 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10968 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10969 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10970 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10972 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10975 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10977 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10978 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10982 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10983 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10984 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10986 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10987 original error handler. */
10988 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10989 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10991 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10993 xgselect_initialize ();
11000 x_error_message
= NULL
;
11002 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11003 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11005 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11006 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11008 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11009 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern_c_string ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11011 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11012 Qlatin_1
= intern_c_string ("latin-1");
11014 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11015 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11018 xg_default_icon_file
= make_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
11019 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
11021 Qx_gtk_map_stock
= intern_c_string ("x-gtk-map-stock");
11022 staticpro (&Qx_gtk_map_stock
);
11025 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11026 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11027 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11028 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11029 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11030 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
11031 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
11033 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11035 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
11036 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
11037 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
11038 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
11039 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
11040 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
11041 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
11043 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11044 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11045 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11046 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11047 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11048 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11049 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11050 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11051 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11053 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11054 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11055 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11056 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11057 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11059 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
11060 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11061 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
11063 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
11065 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
11068 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11071 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11072 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11074 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
11075 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
11076 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11077 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
11078 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11079 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
11080 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11081 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
11082 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11084 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11085 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11086 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11087 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11088 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11089 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11091 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11092 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11093 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11094 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11095 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11096 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11098 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11099 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11100 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11101 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11102 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11103 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11105 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11106 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11107 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11108 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11109 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11110 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11112 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11113 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11114 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11115 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11116 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11120 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11122 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11123 (do not change this comment) */